1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2022 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between to MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 339 * 340 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 341 * 342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 343 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 346 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 348 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 352 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 353 * compatibility only. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 355 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 359 * 360 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 361 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 362 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 366 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 368 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 369 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 370 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 371 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 373 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 374 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 375 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 376 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 377 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 378 * 379 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 380 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 381 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 382 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 385 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 386 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 387 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 388 * 389 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 390 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 391 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 392 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 393 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 394 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 395 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 396 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 397 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 398 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 399 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 400 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 401 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 402 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 403 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 404 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 405 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 406 * attributes determining channel width. 407 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 408 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 409 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 410 * 411 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 412 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 413 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 414 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 415 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 416 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 417 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 418 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 419 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 421 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 422 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 423 * frame). 424 * 425 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 426 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 427 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 428 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 429 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 432 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 433 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 434 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 435 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 436 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 437 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 438 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 439 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 440 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 441 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 442 * 443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 444 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 445 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 446 * global regdomain will be returned. 447 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 448 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 449 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 450 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 451 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 452 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 453 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 454 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 455 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 456 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 457 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 458 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 459 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 460 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 461 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 462 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 463 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 464 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 465 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 466 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 467 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 468 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 469 * 470 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 471 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 472 * 473 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 474 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 475 * 476 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 477 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 478 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 479 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 480 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 481 * added to all specified management frames generated by 482 * kernel/firmware/driver. 483 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 484 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 485 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 486 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 487 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 488 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 491 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 492 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 493 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 494 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 495 * be used. 496 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 497 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 498 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 499 * partial scan results may be available 500 * 501 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 502 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 503 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 504 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 505 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 506 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 507 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 508 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 509 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 510 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 511 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 512 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 513 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 514 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 515 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 516 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 517 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 518 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 519 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 520 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 521 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 522 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 523 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 524 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 525 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 526 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 527 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 528 * results available. 529 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 530 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 531 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 532 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 533 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 534 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 535 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 536 * 537 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 538 * or noise level 539 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 540 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 541 * 542 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 543 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 544 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 545 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 547 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 548 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 549 * ESS. 550 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 551 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 552 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 553 * authentication. 554 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 557 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 558 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 559 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 560 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 561 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 562 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 563 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 564 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 565 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 566 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 567 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 568 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 569 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 570 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 571 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 572 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 573 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 574 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 575 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 576 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 577 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 578 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 579 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 580 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 581 * the beacon hint was processed. 582 * 583 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 584 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 585 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 586 * authentication process. 587 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 588 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 589 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 590 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 591 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 592 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 593 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 594 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 595 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 596 * to the frame. 597 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 598 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 599 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 600 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 601 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 602 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 603 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 604 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 605 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 606 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 607 * pending authentication timed out). 608 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 609 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 610 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 611 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 612 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 613 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 614 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 615 * included). 616 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 617 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 618 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 619 * primitives). 620 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 621 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 622 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 623 * 624 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 625 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 626 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 627 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 628 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 629 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 630 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 631 * 632 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 633 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 634 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 635 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 636 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 637 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 638 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 639 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 640 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 641 * determined by the network interface. 642 * 643 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 644 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 645 * to the driver. 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 648 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 649 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 650 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 651 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 652 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 653 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 654 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 655 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 656 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 657 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 658 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 659 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 660 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 661 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 662 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 663 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 664 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 666 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 667 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 669 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 670 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 671 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 672 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 673 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 674 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 675 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 676 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 677 * a different BSS is desired. 678 * Background scan period can optionally be 679 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 680 * if not specified default background scan configuration 681 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 682 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 683 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 684 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 685 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 686 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 687 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 688 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 689 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 690 * well to remain backwards compatible. 691 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 692 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 693 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 694 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 695 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 696 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 697 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 698 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 699 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 700 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 701 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 702 * 703 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 704 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 705 * 706 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 707 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 708 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 709 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 710 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 711 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 712 * frequency for the operation. 713 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 714 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 715 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 716 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 717 * radio). 718 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 719 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 720 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 721 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 722 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 723 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 724 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 725 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 726 * uniquely identify the request. 727 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 728 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 729 * 730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 731 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 732 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 733 * 734 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 735 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 736 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 737 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 738 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 739 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 740 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 741 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 742 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 743 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 744 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 745 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 746 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 747 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 748 * backward compatibility 749 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 750 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 751 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 752 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 753 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 754 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 755 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 756 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 757 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 758 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 759 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 760 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 761 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 762 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 763 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 764 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 765 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 766 * is used during CSA period. 767 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 768 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 769 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 770 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 771 * wait time. 772 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 773 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 774 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 775 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 776 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 777 * the frame. 778 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 779 * backward compatibility. 780 * 781 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 782 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 783 * 784 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 785 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 786 * levels. 787 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 788 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 789 * reached. 790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 791 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 792 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 793 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 794 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 795 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 796 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 797 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 798 * precedence when they are used. 799 * 800 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 801 * (no longer supported). 802 * 803 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 804 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 805 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 806 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 807 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 808 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 809 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 810 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 811 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 812 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 813 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 814 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 815 * command, the feature is disabled. 816 * 817 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 818 * mesh config parameters may be given. 819 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 820 * network is determined by the network interface. 821 * 822 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 823 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 824 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 825 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 826 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 827 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 828 * 829 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 830 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 831 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 832 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 833 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 834 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 835 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 836 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 837 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 838 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 839 * depending on the authentication result. 840 * 841 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 842 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 843 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 844 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 845 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 846 * more background information, see 847 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 848 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 849 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 850 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 851 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 852 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 853 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 856 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 857 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 858 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 859 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 860 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 861 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 862 * 863 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 864 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 865 * 866 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 867 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 868 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 869 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 870 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 871 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 872 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 873 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 874 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 875 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 876 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 877 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 878 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 879 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 880 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 881 * 882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 883 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 884 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 885 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 886 * is received. 887 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 888 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 889 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 890 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 891 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 892 * 893 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 894 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 895 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 896 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 897 * 898 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 899 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 900 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 901 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 902 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 903 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 904 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 907 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 908 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 909 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 910 * 911 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 912 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 913 * 914 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 915 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 916 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 917 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 918 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 919 * from the remote AP) is completed; 920 * 921 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 922 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 923 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 924 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 926 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 927 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 928 * interfaces to change channel as well. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 931 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 932 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 933 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 934 * public action frame TX. 935 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 936 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 937 * 938 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 939 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 940 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 941 * is used for this. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 944 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 947 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 948 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 951 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 952 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 953 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 954 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 955 * 956 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 957 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 958 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 959 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 960 * while operating on this channel. 961 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 962 * event. 963 * 964 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 965 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 966 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 967 * 968 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 969 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 972 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 973 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 974 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 975 * 976 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 977 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 978 * complete. 979 * 980 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 981 * return back to normal. 982 * 983 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 984 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 987 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 988 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 989 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 990 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 991 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 992 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 993 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 994 * switch is complete. 995 * 996 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 997 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 998 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 999 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1000 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1001 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1002 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1003 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1004 * 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1006 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1007 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1008 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1009 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1010 * 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1012 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1013 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1014 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1015 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1016 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1017 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1018 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1019 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1020 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1021 * fail even if the check was successful. 1022 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1023 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1024 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1025 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1026 * 1027 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1028 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1030 * 1031 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1032 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1033 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1034 * network is determined by the network interface. 1035 * 1036 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1037 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1038 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1039 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1041 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1042 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1043 * AP. 1044 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1045 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1046 * when this command completes. 1047 * 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1049 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1050 * management. 1051 * 1052 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1053 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1054 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1055 * 1056 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1057 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1058 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1059 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1060 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1061 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1062 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1063 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1064 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1065 * added. 1066 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1067 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1069 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1070 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1071 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1072 * of the function upon success. 1073 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1074 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1075 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1076 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1077 * which just terminated. 1078 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1079 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1080 * the response to this command. 1081 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1082 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1083 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1084 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1085 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1086 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1087 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1088 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1089 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1091 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1092 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1093 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1095 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1096 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1097 * 1098 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1099 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1100 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1101 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1102 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1103 * 1104 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1105 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1106 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1107 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1108 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1109 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1110 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1111 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1112 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1113 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1114 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1115 * should be indicated instead. 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1117 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1118 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1119 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1120 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1121 * 802.11 headers. 1122 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1123 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1124 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1125 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1126 * 1127 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1128 * 1129 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1130 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1131 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1132 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1133 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1134 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1135 * 1136 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1137 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1138 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1139 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1140 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1141 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1142 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1143 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1144 * command interface. 1145 * 1146 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1147 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1148 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1149 * 1150 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1151 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1152 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1153 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1154 * 1155 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1156 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1157 * 1158 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1159 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1160 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1161 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1162 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1163 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1164 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1165 * the netlink extended ack message. 1166 * 1167 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1168 * 1169 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1170 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1171 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1172 * buffer size. 1173 * 1174 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1175 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1176 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1177 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1178 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1179 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1180 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1181 * 1182 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1183 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1184 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1185 * determining the width and type. 1186 * 1187 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1188 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1189 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1190 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1191 * 1192 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1193 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1194 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1195 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1196 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1197 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1198 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1199 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1200 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1201 * rate selection. 1202 * 1203 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1204 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1205 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1206 * 1207 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1208 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1209 * 1210 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1211 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1212 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1213 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1214 * 1215 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1216 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1217 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1218 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1219 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1220 * 1221 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1222 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1223 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1224 * 1225 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1226 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1227 * 1228 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1229 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1230 * 1231 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1232 * started 1233 * 1234 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1235 * been aborted 1236 * 1237 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1238 * has completed 1239 * 1240 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1241 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1242 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1243 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1244 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1245 * 1246 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1247 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1248 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1249 * specify the timeout value. 1250 * 1251 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1252 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1253 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1254 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1255 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1256 * 1257 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1258 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1259 */ 1260 enum nl80211_commands { 1261 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1262 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1263 1264 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1265 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1266 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1268 1269 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1271 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1272 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1273 1274 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1275 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1276 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1277 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1278 1279 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1280 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1281 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1282 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1283 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1284 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1285 1286 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1287 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1288 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1289 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1292 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1293 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1294 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1297 1298 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1299 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1303 1304 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1309 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1310 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1311 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1312 1313 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1314 1315 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1316 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1317 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1318 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1319 1320 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1321 1322 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1323 1324 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1325 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1326 1327 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1328 1329 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1330 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1331 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1332 1333 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1336 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1337 1338 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1339 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1340 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1341 1342 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1343 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1344 1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1346 1347 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1348 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1349 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1350 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1351 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1352 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1355 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1356 1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1358 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1359 1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1361 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1362 1363 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1364 1365 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1366 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1369 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1370 1371 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1372 1373 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1374 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1375 1376 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1377 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1378 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1379 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1382 1383 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1384 1385 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1386 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1389 1390 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1395 1396 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1397 1398 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1399 1400 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1401 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1402 1403 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1404 1405 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1406 1407 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1412 1413 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1414 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1415 1416 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1417 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1418 1419 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1420 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1421 1422 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1423 1424 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1425 1426 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1427 1428 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1429 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1430 1431 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1432 1433 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1434 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1435 1436 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1437 1438 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1439 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1440 1441 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1442 1443 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1444 1445 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1446 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1447 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1448 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1449 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1450 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1453 1454 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1455 1456 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1457 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1458 1459 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1460 1461 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1462 1463 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1464 1465 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1466 1467 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1468 1469 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1470 1471 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1472 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1473 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1474 1475 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1476 1477 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1478 1479 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1480 1481 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1484 1485 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1486 1487 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1488 1489 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1490 1491 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1492 1493 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1494 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1495 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1496 1497 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1498 1499 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1500 1501 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1502 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1503 1504 /* add new commands above here */ 1505 1506 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1507 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1508 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1509 }; 1510 1511 /* 1512 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1513 * here 1514 */ 1515 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1516 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1517 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1518 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1519 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1520 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1521 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1522 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1523 1524 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1525 1526 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1527 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1528 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1529 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1530 1531 /** 1532 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1533 * 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1535 * 1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1537 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1541 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1542 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1543 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1544 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1546 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1547 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1549 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1550 * operating channel center frequency. 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1552 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1554 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1555 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1556 * this attribute) 1557 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1558 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1559 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1560 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1562 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1563 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1565 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1566 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1568 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1569 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1570 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1571 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1572 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1574 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1575 * 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1579 * 1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1581 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1582 * 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1584 * 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1586 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1587 * keys 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1590 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1592 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1595 * default management key 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1597 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1599 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1600 * 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1605 * 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1608 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1610 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1612 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1613 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1615 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1617 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1618 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1619 * 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1621 * consisting of a nested array. 1622 * 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1625 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1628 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1629 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1630 * 1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1632 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1633 * 1634 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1635 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1636 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1637 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1638 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1639 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1640 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1641 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1642 * to a specific alpha2. 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1644 * rules. 1645 * 1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1648 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1650 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1652 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1653 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1654 * 1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1656 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1657 * 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1659 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1660 * of the interface mode. 1661 * 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1663 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1666 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1667 * 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1669 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1671 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1673 * that can be added to a scan request 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1675 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1677 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1678 * 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1681 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1683 * 1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1685 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1687 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1688 * 1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1690 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1691 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1692 * 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1694 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1695 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1698 * represented as a u32 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1700 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1701 * 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1703 * a u32 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1706 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1707 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1708 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1709 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1711 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1712 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1713 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1714 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1715 * 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1717 * cipher suites 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1720 * for other networks on different channels 1721 * 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1723 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1726 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1727 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1728 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1729 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1730 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1731 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1732 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1735 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1736 * 1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1738 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1739 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1740 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1741 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1742 * default in station mode. 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1744 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1745 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1746 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1747 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1748 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1750 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1751 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1753 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1754 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1755 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1756 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1757 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1758 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1759 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1760 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1761 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1762 * 1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1764 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1765 * 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1767 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1768 * a local disconnect request. 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1770 * event (u16) 1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1772 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1773 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1774 * 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1776 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1777 * (an array of u32). 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1779 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1780 * u32). 1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1782 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1783 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1785 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1786 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1787 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1788 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1789 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1790 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1791 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1792 * 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1794 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1796 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1797 * 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1799 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1800 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1801 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1802 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1803 * 1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1805 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1807 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1808 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1813 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1814 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1815 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1816 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1817 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1818 * completely from scratch. 1819 * 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1823 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1824 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1828 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1832 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1833 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1836 * 1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1838 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1839 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1840 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1841 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1842 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1843 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1844 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1845 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1846 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1847 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1848 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1849 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1852 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1854 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1856 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1857 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1858 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1860 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1861 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1862 * 1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1864 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1867 * 1868 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1869 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1870 * 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1872 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1873 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1874 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1875 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1876 * 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1878 * connected to this BSS. 1879 * 1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1881 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1883 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1884 * for non-automatic settings. 1885 * 1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1887 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1890 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1891 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1892 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1893 * 1894 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1895 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1896 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1897 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1898 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1899 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1900 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1901 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1902 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1903 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1906 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1907 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1908 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1909 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1912 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1913 * 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1915 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1916 * 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1918 * 1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1920 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1921 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1922 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1923 * nl80211 capability flag. 1924 * 1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1926 * 1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1928 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1929 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1930 * 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1932 * changed once the mesh is active. 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1934 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1936 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1937 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1939 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1940 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1941 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1944 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1946 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1947 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1948 * triggers. 1949 * 1950 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1951 * cycles, in msecs. 1952 * 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1954 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1955 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1956 * pass-thru filter rules. 1957 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1958 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1959 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1960 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1961 * able to ignore them by itself. 1962 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1963 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1964 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1965 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1966 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1967 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1968 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1969 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1972 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1973 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1975 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1976 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1977 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1980 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1981 * 1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1983 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1984 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1985 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1986 * 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1988 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1989 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1990 * 1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1992 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1993 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1994 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1996 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1997 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1998 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1999 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2000 * 2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2002 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2004 * as AP. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2007 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2010 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2011 * 2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2013 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2014 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2015 * applications use this attribute. 2016 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2017 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2020 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2021 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2023 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2025 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2027 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2029 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2030 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2031 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2034 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2035 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2036 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2039 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2040 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2041 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2042 * 2043 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2044 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2046 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2047 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2048 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2049 * 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2051 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2052 * to be filled by the FW. 2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2054 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2055 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2057 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2058 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2060 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2061 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2063 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2064 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2065 * The values that may be configured are: 2066 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2067 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2068 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2069 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2070 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2071 * 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2073 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2074 * to one DFS region. 2075 * 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2077 * up to 16 TIDs. 2078 * 2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2080 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2081 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2082 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2083 * capability to timeout the stations. 2084 * 2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2086 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2087 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2088 * 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2090 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2091 * 2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2093 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2094 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2095 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2096 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2099 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2100 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2101 * 2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2103 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2104 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2105 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2106 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2107 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2108 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2109 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2110 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2111 * consistent. 2112 * 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2114 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2115 * 2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2117 * 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2119 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2121 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2122 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2123 * no change is made. 2124 * 2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2126 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2127 * 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2129 * carried in a u32 attribute 2130 * 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2132 * MAC ACL. 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2135 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2136 * ACL. 2137 * 2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2139 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2140 * 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2142 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2143 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2145 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2146 * 2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2148 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2149 * 2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2151 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2152 * and PU-APSD. 2153 * 2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2155 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2158 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2159 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2160 * 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2162 * 2163 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2164 * Element 2165 * 2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2167 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2169 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2170 * 2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2172 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2173 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2174 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2175 * 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2177 * 2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2179 * until the channel switch event. 2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2181 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2182 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2183 * was requested by the AP. 2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2185 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2187 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2189 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2192 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2193 * 2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2195 * 2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2197 * operating classes. 2198 * 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2200 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2201 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2202 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2203 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2204 * IBSS network. 2205 * 2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2207 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2208 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2209 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2210 * 2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2212 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2213 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2214 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2215 * u8 attribute. 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2218 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2221 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2223 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2224 * 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2226 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2227 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2228 * 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2231 * 2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2233 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2234 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2235 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2236 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2237 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2238 * 2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2240 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2242 * supported number of csa counters. 2243 * 2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2245 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2246 * 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2248 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2249 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2250 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2251 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2252 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2253 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2254 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2255 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2256 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2257 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2258 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2259 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2260 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2261 * multicast group. 2262 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2263 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2264 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2265 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2266 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2267 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2268 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2269 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2270 * 2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2272 * the TDLS link initiator. 2273 * 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2275 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2276 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2277 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2278 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2279 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2280 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2281 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2282 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2283 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2284 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2285 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2286 * 2287 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2288 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2289 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2290 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2291 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2292 * 2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2296 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2299 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2302 * 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2304 * 2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2306 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2307 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2308 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2309 * 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2311 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2312 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2313 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2314 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2315 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2318 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2319 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2320 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2321 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2322 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2323 * over all channels. 2324 * 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2326 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2327 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2328 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2329 2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2331 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2332 * 2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2334 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2336 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2338 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2340 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2341 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2342 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2343 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2344 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2346 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2347 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2348 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2350 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2351 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2352 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2353 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2354 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2355 * 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2357 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2360 * 2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2362 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2363 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2364 * interface type. 2365 * 2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2367 * groupID for monitor mode. 2368 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2369 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2370 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2371 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2372 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2373 * each group. 2374 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2375 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2376 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2377 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2378 * groupID data. 2379 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2381 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2382 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2383 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2384 * 2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2386 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2387 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2388 * attribute must not be included). 2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2390 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2392 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2393 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2394 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2395 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2397 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2398 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2399 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2400 * 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2402 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2403 * 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2405 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2406 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2407 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2408 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2410 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2411 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2412 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2413 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2414 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2415 * the device will decide what to use. 2416 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2417 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2418 * attribute. 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2420 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2422 * protection. 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2424 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2425 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2426 * 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2428 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2429 * 2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2431 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2432 * 2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2434 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2435 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2436 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2437 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2438 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2439 * unnecessary wakeups. 2440 * 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2442 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2443 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2444 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2445 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2446 * 2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2448 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2449 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2450 * 2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2452 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2453 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2454 * 2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2456 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2457 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2458 * 2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2460 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2461 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2462 * 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2464 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2465 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2466 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2467 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2468 * 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2470 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2471 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2472 * 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2474 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2475 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2476 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2477 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2478 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2479 * is included as well. 2480 * 2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2482 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2484 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2485 * 2486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2487 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2488 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2491 * 2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2493 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2494 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2495 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2497 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2498 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2499 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2500 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2501 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2502 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2503 * 2504 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2505 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2506 * 2507 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2508 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2510 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2512 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2513 * enforced. 2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2515 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2517 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2518 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2519 * 2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2521 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2522 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2523 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2524 * 2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2526 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2527 * 2528 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2529 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2530 * invalid value. 2531 * 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2533 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2534 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2535 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2536 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2537 * 2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2539 * scheduler. 2540 * 2541 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2542 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2543 * possible values. 2544 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2545 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2546 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2547 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2548 * or per-station. 2549 * 2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2551 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2552 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2553 * 2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2555 * 2556 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2557 * functionality. 2558 * 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2560 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2561 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2563 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2564 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2565 * 2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2567 * (u16). 2568 * 2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2570 * 2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2572 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2573 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2574 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2575 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2576 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2577 * 2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2579 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2580 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2581 * attributes. 2582 * 2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2584 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2585 * 2586 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2587 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2588 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2589 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2590 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2591 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2592 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2593 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2594 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2595 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2596 * 2597 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2598 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2599 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2600 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2601 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2602 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2603 * has expired. 2604 * 2605 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2606 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2607 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2608 * disassociation is still forced. 2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2610 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2612 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2613 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2614 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2615 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2617 * 2618 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2619 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2620 * 2621 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2622 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2623 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2624 * 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2626 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2627 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2630 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2631 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2632 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2633 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2634 * 2635 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2636 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2637 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2638 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2639 * 2640 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2641 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2642 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2643 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2644 * 2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2646 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2647 * is desired. 2648 * 2649 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2650 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2651 * 2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2653 * until the color switch event. 2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2655 * switching to 2656 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2657 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2658 * 2659 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2660 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2661 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2662 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2663 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2664 * parameters. 2665 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2666 * 2667 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2668 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2669 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2670 * 2671 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2672 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2673 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2674 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2675 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2676 * radar channel. 2677 * 2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2679 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2680 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2681 * 2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2683 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2684 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2685 * 2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2687 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2689 * per-link information and a link ID. 2690 * 2691 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2693 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2694 */ 2695 enum nl80211_attrs { 2696 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2697 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2704 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2707 2708 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2709 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2711 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2712 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2716 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2717 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2720 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2721 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2722 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2724 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2725 2726 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2727 2728 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2729 2730 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2731 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2732 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2734 2735 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2736 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2737 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2744 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2745 2746 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2747 2748 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2749 2750 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2751 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2752 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2757 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2758 2759 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2760 2761 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2762 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2763 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2764 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2767 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2768 2769 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2770 2771 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2772 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2782 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2783 2784 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2785 2786 2787 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2788 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2789 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2790 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2791 2792 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2793 2794 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2795 2796 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2805 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2808 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2809 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2810 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2813 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2814 2815 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2818 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2821 2822 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2823 2824 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2825 2826 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2827 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2828 2829 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2830 2831 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2832 2833 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2838 2839 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2840 2841 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2842 2843 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2844 2845 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2848 2849 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2850 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2851 2852 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2853 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2857 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2862 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2863 2864 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2865 2866 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2867 2868 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2869 2870 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2871 2872 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2873 2874 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2875 2876 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2877 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2878 2879 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2880 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2881 2882 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2883 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2884 2885 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2886 2887 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2893 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2896 2897 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2898 2899 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2900 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2903 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2904 2905 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2913 2914 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2915 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2916 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2917 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2918 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2925 2926 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2927 2928 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2931 2932 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2933 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2944 2945 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2946 2947 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2952 2953 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2956 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2957 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2958 2959 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2960 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2961 2962 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2963 2964 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2965 2966 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2967 2968 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2969 2970 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2971 2972 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2973 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2974 2975 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2976 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2977 2978 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2979 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2980 2981 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2982 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2985 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2986 2987 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2988 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2989 2990 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2991 2992 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2995 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2996 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2997 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2998 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3001 3002 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3003 3004 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3005 3006 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3007 3008 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3009 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3010 3011 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3012 3013 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3014 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3015 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3016 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3017 3018 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3019 3020 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3021 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3022 3023 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3024 3025 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3026 3027 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3030 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3031 3032 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3033 3034 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3037 3038 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3039 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3040 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3047 3048 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3049 3050 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3051 3052 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3053 3054 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3055 3056 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3057 3058 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3059 3060 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3061 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3062 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3063 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3064 3065 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3066 3067 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3068 3069 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3070 3071 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3072 3073 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3074 3075 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3076 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3077 3078 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3079 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3080 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3081 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3082 3083 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3084 3085 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3086 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3087 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3088 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3089 3090 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3091 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3092 3093 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3094 3095 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3096 3097 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3098 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3099 3100 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3101 3102 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3103 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3104 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3105 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3106 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3107 3108 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3109 3110 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3111 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3112 3113 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3114 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3115 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3118 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3119 3120 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3121 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3122 3123 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3124 3125 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3126 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3127 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3128 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3129 3130 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3131 3132 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3133 3134 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3135 3136 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3137 3138 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3139 3140 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3141 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3142 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3143 3144 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3145 3146 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3147 3148 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3149 3150 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3152 3153 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3154 3155 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3156 3157 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3158 3159 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3160 3161 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3162 3163 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3164 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3165 3166 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3167 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3168 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3169 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3170 3171 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3172 3173 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3174 3175 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3176 3177 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3178 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3179 3180 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3181 3182 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3183 3184 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3185 3186 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3187 3188 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3189 3190 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3191 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3192 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3193 3194 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3195 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3196 3197 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3198 3199 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3200 3201 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3202 3203 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3204 3205 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3206 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3207 3208 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3209 3210 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3211 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3212 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3213 }; 3214 3215 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3216 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3217 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3218 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3219 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3220 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3221 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3222 3223 /* 3224 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3225 * here 3226 */ 3227 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3228 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3229 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3230 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3231 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3232 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3233 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3234 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3235 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3236 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3237 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3238 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3239 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3240 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3241 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3242 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3243 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3244 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3245 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3246 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3247 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3248 3249 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3250 3251 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3252 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3253 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3254 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3255 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3256 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3257 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3258 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3259 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3260 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3261 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3262 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3263 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3264 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3265 3266 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3267 3268 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3269 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3270 3271 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3272 3273 /** 3274 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3275 * 3276 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3277 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3278 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3279 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3280 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3281 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3282 * AP type interface. 3283 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3284 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3285 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3286 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3287 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3288 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3289 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3290 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3291 * commands to create and destroy one 3292 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3293 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3294 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3295 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3296 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3297 * 3298 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3299 * to set the type of an interface. 3300 * 3301 */ 3302 enum nl80211_iftype { 3303 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3304 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3305 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3306 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3307 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3308 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3309 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3310 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3311 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3312 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3313 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3314 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3315 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3316 3317 /* keep last */ 3318 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3319 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3320 }; 3321 3322 /** 3323 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3324 * 3325 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3326 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3327 * 3328 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3329 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3330 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3331 * with short barker preamble 3332 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3333 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3334 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3335 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3336 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3337 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3338 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3339 * as errors.) 3340 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3341 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3342 * previously added station into associated state 3343 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3344 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3345 */ 3346 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3347 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3348 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3349 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3350 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3351 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3352 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3353 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3354 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3355 3356 /* keep last */ 3357 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3358 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3359 }; 3360 3361 /** 3362 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3363 * 3364 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3365 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3366 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3367 */ 3368 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3369 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3370 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3371 3372 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3373 }; 3374 3375 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3376 3377 /** 3378 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3379 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3380 * @set: which values to set them to 3381 * 3382 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3383 */ 3384 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3385 __u32 mask; 3386 __u32 set; 3387 } __attribute__((packed)); 3388 3389 /** 3390 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3391 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3392 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3393 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3394 */ 3395 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3396 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3397 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3398 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3399 }; 3400 3401 /** 3402 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3403 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3404 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3405 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3406 */ 3407 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3408 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3409 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3410 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3411 }; 3412 3413 /** 3414 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3415 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3416 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3417 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3418 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3419 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3420 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3421 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3422 */ 3423 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3424 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3425 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3426 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3427 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3428 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3429 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3430 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3431 }; 3432 3433 /** 3434 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 3435 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3436 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3437 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3438 */ 3439 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 3440 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 3441 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 3442 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 3443 }; 3444 3445 /** 3446 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 3447 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3448 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3449 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 3450 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3451 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 3452 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3453 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3454 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 3455 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3456 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 3457 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 3458 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3459 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 3460 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 3461 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 3462 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 3463 */ 3464 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 3465 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 3466 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 3467 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 3468 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 3469 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 3470 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 3471 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 3472 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 3473 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 3474 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 3475 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 3476 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3477 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 3478 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 3479 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 3480 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 3481 }; 3482 3483 /** 3484 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3485 * 3486 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3487 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3488 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3489 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3490 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3491 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3492 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3493 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3494 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3495 * 3496 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3497 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3498 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3499 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3500 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3501 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3502 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3503 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3504 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3505 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3506 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3507 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3508 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3509 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3510 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3511 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3512 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3513 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3514 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3515 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3516 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3517 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3518 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3519 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3520 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3521 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3522 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 3523 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 3524 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3525 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 3526 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 3527 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 3528 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 3529 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3530 */ 3531 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3532 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3533 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3534 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3535 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3536 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3537 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3538 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3539 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3540 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3541 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3542 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3543 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3544 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3545 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3546 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3547 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3548 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3549 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3550 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 3551 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 3552 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 3553 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 3554 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 3555 3556 /* keep last */ 3557 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3558 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3559 }; 3560 3561 /** 3562 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3563 * 3564 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3565 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3566 * 3567 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3568 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3569 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3570 * (flag) 3571 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3572 * (flag) 3573 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3574 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3575 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3576 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3577 */ 3578 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3579 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3580 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3581 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3582 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3583 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3584 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3585 3586 /* keep last */ 3587 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3588 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3589 }; 3590 3591 /** 3592 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3593 * 3594 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3595 * when getting information about a station. 3596 * 3597 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3598 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3599 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3600 * (u32, from this station) 3601 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3602 * (u32, to this station) 3603 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3604 * (u64, from this station) 3605 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3606 * (u64, to this station) 3607 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3608 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3609 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3610 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3611 * (u32, from this station) 3612 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3613 * (u32, to this station) 3614 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3615 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3616 * (u32, to this station) 3617 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3618 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3619 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3620 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3621 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3622 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3623 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3624 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3625 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3626 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3627 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3628 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3629 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3630 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3631 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3632 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3633 * non-peer STA 3634 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3635 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3636 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3637 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3638 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3639 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3640 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3641 * (u64) 3642 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3643 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3644 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3645 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3646 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3647 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3648 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3649 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3650 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3651 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3652 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3653 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3654 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3655 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3656 * (u32, from this station) 3657 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3658 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3659 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3660 * might not be fully accurate. 3661 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3662 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3663 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3664 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3665 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3666 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3667 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3668 * of STA's association 3669 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3670 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3671 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3672 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3673 */ 3674 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3675 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3676 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3677 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3678 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3679 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3680 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3681 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3682 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3683 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3684 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3685 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3686 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3687 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3688 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3689 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3690 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3691 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3692 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3693 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3694 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3695 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3696 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3697 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3698 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3699 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3700 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3701 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3702 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3703 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3704 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3705 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3706 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3707 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3708 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3709 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3710 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3711 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3712 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3713 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3714 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3715 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3716 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3717 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3718 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3719 3720 /* keep last */ 3721 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3722 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3723 }; 3724 3725 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3726 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3727 3728 3729 /** 3730 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3731 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3732 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3733 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3734 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3735 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3736 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3737 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3738 * MSDUs (u64) 3739 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3740 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3741 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3742 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3743 */ 3744 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3745 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3746 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3747 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3748 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3749 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3750 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3751 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3752 3753 /* keep last */ 3754 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3755 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3756 }; 3757 3758 /** 3759 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3760 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3761 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3762 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3763 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3764 * backlogged 3765 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3766 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3767 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3768 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3769 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3770 * (only for per-phy stats) 3771 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3772 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3773 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3774 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3775 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3776 */ 3777 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3778 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3779 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3780 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3781 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3782 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3783 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3784 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3785 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3786 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3787 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3788 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3789 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3790 3791 /* keep last */ 3792 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3793 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3794 }; 3795 3796 /** 3797 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3798 * 3799 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3800 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3801 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3802 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3803 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3804 */ 3805 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3806 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3807 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3808 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3809 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3810 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3811 }; 3812 3813 /** 3814 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3815 * 3816 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3817 * information about a mesh path. 3818 * 3819 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3820 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3821 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3822 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3823 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3824 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3825 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3826 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3827 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3828 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3829 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3830 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3831 * currently defined 3832 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3833 */ 3834 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3835 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3836 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3837 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3838 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3839 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3840 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3841 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3842 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3843 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3844 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3845 3846 /* keep last */ 3847 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3848 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3849 }; 3850 3851 /** 3852 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3853 * 3854 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3855 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3856 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3857 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3858 * capabilities IE 3859 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3860 * capabilities IE 3861 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3862 * capabilities IE 3863 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3864 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3865 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3866 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3867 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 3868 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 3869 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 3870 * capabilities element 3871 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 3872 * capabilities element 3873 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 3874 * capabilities element 3875 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 3876 * defined in EHT capabilities element 3877 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3878 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3879 */ 3880 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3881 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3882 3883 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3884 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3885 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3886 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3887 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3888 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3889 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 3890 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 3891 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 3892 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 3893 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 3894 3895 /* keep last */ 3896 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3897 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3898 }; 3899 3900 /** 3901 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3902 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3903 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3904 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3905 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3906 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3907 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3908 * defined in 802.11n 3909 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3910 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3911 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3912 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3913 * defined in 802.11ac 3914 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3915 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3916 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3917 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3918 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3919 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3920 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3921 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3922 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3923 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3924 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3925 */ 3926 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3927 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3928 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3929 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3930 3931 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3932 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3933 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3934 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3935 3936 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3937 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3938 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3939 3940 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3941 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3942 3943 /* keep last */ 3944 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3945 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3946 }; 3947 3948 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3949 3950 /** 3951 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3952 * 3953 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3954 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3955 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3956 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3957 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3958 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3959 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3960 */ 3961 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3962 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3963 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3964 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3965 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3966 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3967 3968 /* keep last */ 3969 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3970 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3971 }; 3972 3973 /** 3974 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3975 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3976 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3977 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3978 * regulatory domain. 3979 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3980 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3981 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3982 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3983 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3984 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3985 * (100 * dBm). 3986 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3987 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3988 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3989 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3990 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3991 * channel as the control channel 3992 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3993 * channel as the control channel 3994 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3995 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3996 * this includes 80+80 channels 3997 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3998 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3999 * isn't possible 4000 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4001 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4002 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4003 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4004 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4005 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4006 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4007 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4008 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4009 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4010 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4011 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4012 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4013 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4014 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4015 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4016 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4017 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4018 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4019 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4020 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4021 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4022 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4023 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4024 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4025 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4026 * in current regulatory domain. 4027 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4028 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4029 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4030 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4031 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4032 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4033 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4034 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4035 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4036 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4037 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4038 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4039 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4040 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4041 * in current regulatory domain. 4042 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4043 * currently defined 4044 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4045 * 4046 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4047 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4048 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4049 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4050 */ 4051 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4052 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4053 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4054 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4055 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4056 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4057 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4058 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4059 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4060 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4061 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4062 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4063 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4064 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4065 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4066 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4067 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4068 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4069 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4070 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4071 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4072 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4073 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4074 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4075 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4076 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4077 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4078 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4079 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4080 4081 /* keep last */ 4082 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4083 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4084 }; 4085 4086 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4087 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4088 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4089 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4090 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4091 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4092 4093 /** 4094 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4095 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4096 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4097 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4098 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4099 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4100 * currently defined 4101 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4102 */ 4103 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4104 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4105 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4106 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4107 4108 /* keep last */ 4109 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4110 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4111 }; 4112 4113 /** 4114 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4115 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4116 * regulatory domain. 4117 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4118 * regulatory domain. 4119 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4120 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4121 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4122 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4123 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4124 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4125 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4126 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4127 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4128 */ 4129 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4130 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4131 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4132 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4133 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4134 }; 4135 4136 /** 4137 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4138 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4139 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4140 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4141 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4142 * domain. 4143 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4144 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4145 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4146 * them to be applied. 4147 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4148 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4149 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4150 * domain request to be processed. 4151 */ 4152 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4153 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4154 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4155 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4156 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4157 }; 4158 4159 /** 4160 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4161 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4162 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4163 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4164 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4165 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4166 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4167 * band edge. 4168 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4169 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4170 * band edge. 4171 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4172 * frequency range, in KHz. 4173 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4174 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4175 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4176 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4177 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4178 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4179 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4180 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4181 * currently defined 4182 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4183 */ 4184 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4185 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4186 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4187 4188 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4189 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4190 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4191 4192 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4193 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4194 4195 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4196 4197 /* keep last */ 4198 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4199 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4200 }; 4201 4202 /** 4203 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4204 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4205 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4206 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4207 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4208 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4209 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4210 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4211 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4212 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4213 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4214 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4215 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4216 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4217 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4218 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4219 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4220 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4221 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4222 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4223 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4224 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4225 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 4226 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 4227 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 4228 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 4229 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 4230 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 4231 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 4232 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 4233 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4234 * attribute number currently defined 4235 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4236 */ 4237 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4238 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4239 4240 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4241 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4242 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4243 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4244 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4245 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4246 4247 /* keep last */ 4248 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4249 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4250 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4251 }; 4252 4253 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4254 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4255 4256 /** 4257 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4258 * 4259 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4260 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4261 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4262 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4263 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4264 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4265 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4266 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4267 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4268 * beaconing. 4269 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4270 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4271 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4272 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4273 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4274 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4275 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4276 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4277 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4278 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 4279 */ 4280 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4281 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4282 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4283 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4284 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4285 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4286 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4287 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4288 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4289 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4290 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4291 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4292 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4293 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4294 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4295 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4296 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4297 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1<<18, 4298 }; 4299 4300 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4301 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4302 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4303 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4304 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4305 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4306 4307 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4308 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4309 4310 /** 4311 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4312 * 4313 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4314 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4315 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4316 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4317 */ 4318 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4319 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4320 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4321 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4322 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4323 }; 4324 4325 /** 4326 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4327 * 4328 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4329 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4330 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4331 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4332 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4333 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4334 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4335 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4336 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4337 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4338 * supported feature. 4339 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4340 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4341 */ 4342 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4343 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4344 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4345 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4346 }; 4347 4348 /** 4349 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4350 * 4351 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4352 * when getting information about a survey. 4353 * 4354 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4355 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4356 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4357 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4358 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4359 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4360 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4361 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4362 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4363 * channel was sensed busy 4364 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4365 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4366 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4367 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4368 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4369 * (on this channel or globally) 4370 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4371 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4372 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4373 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4374 * currently defined 4375 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4376 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4377 */ 4378 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4379 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4380 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4381 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4382 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4383 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4384 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4385 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4386 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4387 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4388 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4389 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4390 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4391 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4392 4393 /* keep last */ 4394 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4395 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4396 }; 4397 4398 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4399 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4400 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4401 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4402 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4403 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4404 4405 /** 4406 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4407 * 4408 * Monitor configuration flags. 4409 * 4410 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4411 * 4412 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4413 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4414 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4415 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4416 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4417 * overrides all other flags. 4418 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4419 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4420 * 4421 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4422 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4423 */ 4424 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4425 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4426 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4427 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4428 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4429 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4430 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4431 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4432 4433 /* keep last */ 4434 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4435 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4436 }; 4437 4438 /** 4439 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4440 * 4441 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4442 * not known or has not been set yet. 4443 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4444 * in Awake state all the time. 4445 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4446 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4447 * neighbor's beacons. 4448 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4449 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4450 * for neighbor's beacons. 4451 * 4452 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4453 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4454 */ 4455 4456 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4457 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4458 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4459 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4460 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4461 4462 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4463 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4464 }; 4465 4466 /** 4467 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4468 * 4469 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4470 * active. 4471 * 4472 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4473 * 4474 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4475 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4476 * 4477 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4478 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4479 * 4480 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4481 * millisecond units 4482 * 4483 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4484 * on this mesh interface 4485 * 4486 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4487 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4488 * mesh 4489 * 4490 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4491 * point. 4492 * 4493 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4494 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4495 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4496 * set. 4497 * 4498 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4499 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4500 * target) 4501 * 4502 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4503 * (in milliseconds) 4504 * 4505 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4506 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4507 * 4508 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4509 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4510 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4511 * 4512 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4513 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4514 * reference element 4515 * 4516 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4517 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4518 * mesh 4519 * 4520 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4521 * 4522 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4523 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4524 * 4525 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4526 * root announcements are transmitted. 4527 * 4528 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4529 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4530 * Announcement frames. 4531 * 4532 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4533 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4534 * PERR element. 4535 * 4536 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4537 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4538 * 4539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4540 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4541 * a peer link. 4542 * 4543 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4544 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4545 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4546 * 4547 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4548 * 4549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4550 * 4551 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4552 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4553 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4554 * 4555 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4556 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4557 * 4558 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4559 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4560 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4561 * 4562 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4563 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4564 * 4565 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4566 * 4567 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4568 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4569 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4570 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4571 * 4572 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4573 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4574 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4575 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4576 * 4577 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4578 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4579 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4580 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4581 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4582 * 4583 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4584 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4585 * in the mesh formation field. 4586 * 4587 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4588 */ 4589 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4590 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4591 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4592 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4593 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4594 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4595 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4596 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4597 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4598 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4599 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4600 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4601 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4602 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4603 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4604 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4605 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4606 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4607 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4608 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4609 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4610 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4611 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4612 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4613 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4614 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4615 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4616 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4617 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4618 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4619 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4620 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4621 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4622 4623 /* keep last */ 4624 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4625 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4626 }; 4627 4628 /** 4629 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4630 * 4631 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4632 * changed while the mesh is active. 4633 * 4634 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4635 * 4636 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4637 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4638 * default HWMP. 4639 * 4640 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4641 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4642 * metric. 4643 * 4644 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4645 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4646 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4647 * metrics in use. 4648 * 4649 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4650 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4651 * 4652 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4653 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4654 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4655 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4656 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4657 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4658 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4659 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4660 * userspace daemon. 4661 * 4662 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4663 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4664 * neighbor offset synchronization 4665 * 4666 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4667 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4668 * 4669 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4670 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4671 * Default is no authentication method required. 4672 * 4673 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4674 * 4675 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4676 */ 4677 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4678 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4679 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4680 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4681 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4682 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4683 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4684 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4685 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4686 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4687 4688 /* keep last */ 4689 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4690 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4691 }; 4692 4693 /** 4694 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4695 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4696 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4697 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4698 * disabled 4699 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4700 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4701 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4702 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4703 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4704 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4705 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4706 */ 4707 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4708 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4709 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4710 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4711 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4712 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4713 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4714 4715 /* keep last */ 4716 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4717 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4718 }; 4719 4720 enum nl80211_ac { 4721 NL80211_AC_VO, 4722 NL80211_AC_VI, 4723 NL80211_AC_BE, 4724 NL80211_AC_BK, 4725 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4726 }; 4727 4728 /* backward compat */ 4729 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4730 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4731 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4732 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4733 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4734 4735 /** 4736 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4737 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4738 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4739 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4740 * below the control channel 4741 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4742 * above the control channel 4743 */ 4744 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4745 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4746 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4747 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4748 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4749 }; 4750 4751 /** 4752 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4753 * 4754 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4755 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4756 * 4757 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4758 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4759 * 4760 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4761 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4762 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4763 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4764 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4765 */ 4766 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4767 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4768 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4769 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4770 }; 4771 4772 /** 4773 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4774 * 4775 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4776 * attribute. 4777 * 4778 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4779 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4780 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4781 * attribute must be provided as well 4782 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4783 * attribute must be provided as well 4784 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4785 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4786 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4787 * attribute must be provided as well 4788 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4789 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4790 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4791 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4792 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4793 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4794 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4795 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4796 * attribute must be provided as well 4797 */ 4798 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4799 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4800 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4801 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4802 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4803 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4804 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4805 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4806 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4807 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4808 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4809 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4810 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4811 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4812 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 4813 }; 4814 4815 /** 4816 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4817 * 4818 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4819 * 4820 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4821 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4822 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4823 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4824 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4825 */ 4826 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4827 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4828 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4829 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4830 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4831 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4832 }; 4833 4834 /** 4835 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4836 * 4837 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4838 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4839 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4840 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4841 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4842 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4843 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4844 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4845 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4846 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4847 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4848 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4849 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4850 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4851 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4852 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4853 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4854 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4855 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4856 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4857 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4858 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4859 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4860 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4861 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4862 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4863 * yet been received 4864 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4865 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4866 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4867 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4868 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4869 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4870 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4871 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4872 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4873 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4874 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4875 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4876 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4877 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4878 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4879 * is set. 4880 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4881 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4882 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4883 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4884 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4885 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4886 */ 4887 enum nl80211_bss { 4888 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4889 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4890 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4891 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4892 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4893 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4894 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4895 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4896 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4897 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4898 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4899 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4900 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4901 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4902 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4903 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4904 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4905 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4906 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4907 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4908 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4909 4910 /* keep last */ 4911 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4912 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4913 }; 4914 4915 /** 4916 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4917 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4918 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4919 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4920 * a given BSS. 4921 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4922 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4923 * 4924 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4925 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4926 */ 4927 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4928 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4929 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4930 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4931 }; 4932 4933 /** 4934 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4935 * 4936 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4937 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4938 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4939 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4940 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4941 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4942 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4943 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4944 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4945 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4946 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4947 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4948 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4949 */ 4950 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4951 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4952 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4953 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4954 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4955 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4956 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4957 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4958 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4959 4960 /* keep last */ 4961 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4962 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4963 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4964 }; 4965 4966 /** 4967 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4968 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4969 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4970 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4971 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4972 */ 4973 enum nl80211_key_type { 4974 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4975 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4976 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4977 4978 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4979 }; 4980 4981 /** 4982 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4983 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4984 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4985 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4986 */ 4987 enum nl80211_mfp { 4988 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4989 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4990 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4991 }; 4992 4993 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4994 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4995 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4996 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4997 }; 4998 4999 /** 5000 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5001 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5002 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5003 * unicast key 5004 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5005 * multicast key 5006 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5007 */ 5008 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5009 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5010 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5011 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5012 5013 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5014 }; 5015 5016 /** 5017 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5018 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5019 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5020 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5021 * keys 5022 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5023 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5024 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5025 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5026 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5027 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5028 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5029 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5030 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5031 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5032 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5033 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5034 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5035 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5036 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5037 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5038 * 5039 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5040 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5041 */ 5042 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5043 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5044 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5045 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5046 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5047 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5048 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5049 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5050 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5051 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5052 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5053 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5054 5055 /* keep last */ 5056 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5057 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5058 }; 5059 5060 /** 5061 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5062 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5063 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5064 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5065 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5066 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5067 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5068 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5069 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5070 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5071 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5072 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5073 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5074 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5075 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5076 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5077 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5078 */ 5079 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5080 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5081 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5082 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5083 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5084 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5085 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5086 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5087 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5088 5089 /* keep last */ 5090 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5091 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5092 }; 5093 5094 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 5095 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 5096 5097 /** 5098 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5099 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5100 */ 5101 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 5102 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 5103 }; 5104 5105 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 5106 /** 5107 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 5108 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 5109 */ 5110 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 5111 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 5112 }; 5113 5114 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 5115 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 5116 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 5117 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 5118 }; 5119 5120 /** 5121 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 5122 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5123 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5124 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5125 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5126 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5127 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5128 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5129 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5130 */ 5131 enum nl80211_band { 5132 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5133 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5134 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5135 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5136 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5137 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5138 5139 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5140 }; 5141 5142 /** 5143 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5144 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5145 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5146 */ 5147 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5148 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5149 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5150 }; 5151 5152 /** 5153 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5154 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5155 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5156 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5157 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5158 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5159 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5160 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5161 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5162 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5163 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5164 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5165 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5166 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5167 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5168 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5169 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5170 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5171 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5172 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5173 * checked. 5174 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5175 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5176 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5177 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5178 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5179 * loss event 5180 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5181 * RSSI threshold event. 5182 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5183 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5184 */ 5185 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5186 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5187 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5188 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5189 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5190 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5191 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5192 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5193 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5194 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5195 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5196 5197 /* keep last */ 5198 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5199 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5200 }; 5201 5202 /** 5203 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5204 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5205 * configured threshold 5206 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5207 * configured threshold 5208 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5209 */ 5210 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5211 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5212 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5213 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5214 }; 5215 5216 5217 /** 5218 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5219 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5220 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5221 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5222 */ 5223 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5224 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5225 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5226 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5227 }; 5228 5229 /** 5230 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5231 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5232 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5233 */ 5234 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5235 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5236 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5237 }; 5238 5239 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5240 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5241 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5242 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5243 */ 5244 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5245 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5246 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5247 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5248 }; 5249 5250 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5251 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5252 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5253 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5254 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5255 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5256 * per peer instead. 5257 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5258 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5259 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5260 * should be left untouched. 5261 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5262 * Its type is u16. 5263 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5264 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5265 * Its type is u8. 5266 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5267 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5268 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5269 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5270 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5271 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5272 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5273 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5274 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5275 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5276 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5277 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5278 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5279 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5280 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5281 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5282 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5283 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5284 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5285 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5286 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5287 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5288 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5289 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5290 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5291 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5292 * station. 5293 */ 5294 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5295 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5296 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5297 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5298 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5299 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5300 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5301 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5302 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5303 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5304 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5305 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5306 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5307 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5308 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5309 5310 /* keep last */ 5311 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5312 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5313 }; 5314 5315 /** 5316 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5317 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5318 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5319 * a zero bit are ignored 5320 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5321 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5322 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5323 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5324 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5325 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5326 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5327 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5328 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5329 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5330 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5331 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5332 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5333 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5334 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5335 */ 5336 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5337 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5338 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5339 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5340 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5341 5342 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5343 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5344 }; 5345 5346 /** 5347 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5348 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5349 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5350 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5351 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5352 * 5353 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5354 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5355 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5356 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5357 * by the kernel to userspace. 5358 */ 5359 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5360 __u32 max_patterns; 5361 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5362 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5363 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5364 } __attribute__((packed)); 5365 5366 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5367 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5368 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5369 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5370 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5371 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5372 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5373 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5374 5375 /** 5376 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5377 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5378 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5379 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5380 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5381 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5382 * any others are even supported by the device. 5383 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5384 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5385 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5386 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5387 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5388 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5389 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5390 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5391 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5392 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5393 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5394 * 5395 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5396 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5397 * 5398 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5399 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5400 * to the kernel when configuring. 5401 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5402 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5403 * by the device (flag) 5404 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5405 * done by the device) (flag) 5406 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5407 * packet (flag) 5408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5409 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5410 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5411 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5412 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5413 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5414 * attribute contains the original length. 5415 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5416 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5417 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5418 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5419 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5420 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5421 * contains the original length. 5422 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5423 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5424 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5425 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5426 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5427 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5428 * the TCP connection. 5429 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5430 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5431 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5432 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5433 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5434 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5435 * service 5436 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5437 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5438 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5439 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5440 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5441 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5442 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5443 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5444 * supported by the driver (u32). 5445 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5446 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5447 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5448 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5449 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5450 * occurred. 5451 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5452 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5453 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5454 * these attributes must be present. If 5455 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5456 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5457 * channel. 5458 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5459 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5460 * 5461 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5462 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5463 */ 5464 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5465 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5466 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5467 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5468 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5469 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5470 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5471 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5472 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5473 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5474 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5475 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5476 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5477 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5478 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5479 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5480 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5481 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5482 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5483 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5484 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5485 5486 /* keep last */ 5487 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5488 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5489 }; 5490 5491 /** 5492 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5493 * 5494 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5495 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5496 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5497 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5498 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5499 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5500 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5501 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5502 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5503 * 5504 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5505 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5506 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5507 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5508 * also woken up. 5509 * 5510 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5511 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5512 */ 5513 5514 /** 5515 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5516 * @start: starting value 5517 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5518 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5519 * 5520 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5521 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5522 * in little endian. 5523 */ 5524 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5525 __u32 start, offset, len; 5526 }; 5527 5528 /** 5529 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5530 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5531 * @len: length of each token 5532 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5533 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5534 */ 5535 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5536 __u32 offset, len; 5537 __u8 token_stream[]; 5538 }; 5539 5540 /** 5541 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5542 * @min_len: minimum token length 5543 * @max_len: maximum token length 5544 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5545 */ 5546 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5547 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5548 }; 5549 5550 /** 5551 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5552 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5553 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5554 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5555 * (in network byte order) 5556 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5557 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5558 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5559 * might require ARP querying. 5560 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5561 * socket and port will be allocated 5562 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5563 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5564 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5565 * of the data payload. 5566 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5567 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5568 * advertising it is just a flag 5569 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5570 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5571 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5572 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5573 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5574 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5575 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5576 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5577 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5578 * but on the TCP payload only. 5579 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5580 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5581 */ 5582 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5583 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5584 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5585 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5586 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5587 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5588 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5589 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5590 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5591 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5592 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5593 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5594 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5595 5596 /* keep last */ 5597 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5598 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5599 }; 5600 5601 /** 5602 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5603 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5604 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5605 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5606 * 5607 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5608 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5609 */ 5610 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5611 __u32 max_rules; 5612 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5613 __u32 max_delay; 5614 } __attribute__((packed)); 5615 5616 /** 5617 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5618 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5619 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5620 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5621 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5622 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5623 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5624 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5625 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5626 */ 5627 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5628 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5629 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5630 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5631 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5632 5633 /* keep last */ 5634 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5635 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5636 }; 5637 5638 /** 5639 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5640 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5641 * in a rule are matched. 5642 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5643 * in a rule are not matched. 5644 */ 5645 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5646 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5647 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5648 }; 5649 5650 /** 5651 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5652 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5653 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5654 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5655 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5656 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5657 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5658 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5659 */ 5660 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5661 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5662 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5663 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5664 5665 /* keep last */ 5666 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5667 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5668 }; 5669 5670 /** 5671 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5672 * 5673 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5674 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5675 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5676 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5677 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5678 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5679 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5680 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5681 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5682 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5683 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5684 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5685 * different channels may be used within this group. 5686 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5687 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5688 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5689 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5690 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5691 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5692 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5693 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5694 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5695 * 5696 * Examples: 5697 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5698 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5699 * 5700 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5701 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5702 * 5703 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5704 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 5705 * 5706 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5707 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5708 * 5709 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5710 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5711 * that any of these groups must match. 5712 * 5713 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5714 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5715 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5716 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5717 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5718 */ 5719 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5720 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5721 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5722 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5723 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5724 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5725 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5726 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5727 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5728 5729 /* keep last */ 5730 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5731 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5732 }; 5733 5734 5735 /** 5736 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5737 * 5738 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5739 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5740 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5741 * this mesh peer 5742 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5743 * from this mesh peer 5744 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5745 * received from this mesh peer 5746 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5747 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5748 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5749 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 5750 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5751 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5752 */ 5753 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5754 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5755 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5756 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5757 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5758 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5759 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5760 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5761 5762 /* keep last */ 5763 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5764 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5765 }; 5766 5767 /** 5768 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5769 * 5770 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5771 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5772 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5773 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5774 */ 5775 enum plink_actions { 5776 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5777 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5778 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5779 5780 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5781 }; 5782 5783 5784 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5785 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5786 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5787 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5788 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5789 5790 /** 5791 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5792 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5793 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5794 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5795 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5796 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5797 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5798 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5799 */ 5800 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5801 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5802 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5803 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5804 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5805 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5806 5807 /* keep last */ 5808 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5809 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5810 }; 5811 5812 /** 5813 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5814 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5815 * Beacon frames) 5816 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5817 * in Beacon frames 5818 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5819 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5820 */ 5821 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5822 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5823 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5824 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5825 }; 5826 5827 /** 5828 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5829 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5830 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5831 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5832 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5833 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5834 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5835 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5836 */ 5837 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5838 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5839 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5840 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5841 5842 /* keep last */ 5843 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5844 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5845 }; 5846 5847 /** 5848 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5849 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5850 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5851 * priority) 5852 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5853 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5854 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5855 * (internal) 5856 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5857 * (internal) 5858 */ 5859 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5860 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5861 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5862 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5863 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5864 5865 /* keep last */ 5866 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5867 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5868 }; 5869 5870 /** 5871 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5872 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5873 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5874 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5875 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5876 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5877 */ 5878 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5879 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5880 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5881 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5882 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5883 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5884 }; 5885 5886 /** 5887 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5888 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 5889 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 5890 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 5891 */ 5892 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5893 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 5894 }; 5895 5896 /** 5897 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5898 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5899 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5900 * socket option. 5901 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5902 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5903 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5904 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5905 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5906 * cellular base stations. 5907 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5908 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5909 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5910 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5911 * mode 5912 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5913 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5914 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5915 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5916 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5917 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5918 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5919 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5920 * setting 5921 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5922 * powersave 5923 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5924 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5925 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5926 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5927 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5928 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5929 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5930 * states using station flags. 5931 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5932 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5933 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5934 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5935 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5936 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5937 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5938 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5939 * still generated by the driver. 5940 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5941 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5942 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5943 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5944 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5945 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5946 * lifetime of a BSS. 5947 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5948 * Set IE to probe requests. 5949 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5950 * to probe requests. 5951 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5952 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5953 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5954 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5955 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5956 * Measurement Report action frame. 5957 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5958 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5959 * to enable dynack. 5960 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5961 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5962 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5963 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5964 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5965 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5966 * rts/cts handshake. 5967 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5968 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5969 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5970 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5971 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5972 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5973 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5974 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5975 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5976 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5977 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5978 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5979 * address mask/value will be used. 5980 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5981 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5982 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5983 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5984 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5985 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5986 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5987 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5988 */ 5989 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5990 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5991 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5992 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5993 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5994 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5995 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5996 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5997 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5998 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5999 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6000 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6001 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6002 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6003 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6004 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6005 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6006 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6007 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6008 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6009 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6010 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6011 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6012 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6013 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6014 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6015 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6016 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6017 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6018 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6019 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6020 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6021 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6022 }; 6023 6024 /** 6025 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6027 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6028 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6029 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6030 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6031 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 6032 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6033 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6034 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6035 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6036 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6037 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6038 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6039 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6040 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6041 * (if available). 6042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6043 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 6044 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6045 * (if available). 6046 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6047 * channel dwell time. 6048 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6049 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 6050 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6051 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6052 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6053 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6054 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6055 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6056 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6057 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6058 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6059 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6060 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6061 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6062 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6063 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6064 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6065 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6066 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6067 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6068 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6069 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6070 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6071 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6072 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6073 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6074 * be supported. 6075 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6076 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6077 * actual dwell time. 6078 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 6079 * response 6080 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 6081 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 6082 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 6083 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 6084 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 6085 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 6086 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 6087 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 6088 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 6089 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 6090 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 6091 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 6092 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 6093 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 6094 * "radar detected" event. 6095 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 6096 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 6097 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 6098 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 6099 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 6100 * TXQs. 6101 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 6102 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 6103 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 6104 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 6105 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 6106 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 6107 * timing measurement responder role. 6108 * 6109 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 6110 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 6111 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 6112 * freeze the connection. 6113 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 6114 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 6115 * 6116 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 6117 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 6118 * scheduling. 6119 * 6120 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 6121 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 6122 * 6123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 6124 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 6125 * 6126 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6127 * to a station. 6128 * 6129 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6130 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6131 * 6132 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6133 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6134 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6135 * 6136 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6137 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6138 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6139 * 6140 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6141 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6142 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6143 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6144 * 6145 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6146 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6147 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6148 * 6149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6150 * 6151 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6152 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6153 * 6154 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6155 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6156 * 6157 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6158 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6159 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6160 * included in the scan request. 6161 * 6162 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6163 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6164 * 6165 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6166 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6167 * 6168 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6169 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6170 * command). 6171 * 6172 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6173 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6174 * 6175 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6176 * frames transmission 6177 * 6178 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6179 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6180 * 6181 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6182 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6183 * 6184 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6185 * exchange protocol. 6186 * 6187 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6188 * exchange protocol. 6189 * 6190 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6191 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6192 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6193 * 6194 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6195 * detection and change announcemnts. 6196 * 6197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6198 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6199 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6200 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6201 * 6202 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6203 * detection. 6204 * 6205 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6206 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6207 */ 6208 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6209 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6210 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6211 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6212 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6213 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6214 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6215 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6216 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6217 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6218 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6219 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6220 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6221 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6222 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6223 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6224 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6225 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6226 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6227 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6228 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6229 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6230 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6231 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6232 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6233 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6234 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6235 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6236 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6237 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6238 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6239 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6240 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6241 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6242 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6243 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6244 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6245 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6246 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 6247 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6248 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6249 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6250 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6251 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6252 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6253 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6254 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6255 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6256 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6257 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6258 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6259 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6260 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6261 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6262 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6263 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6264 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6265 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6266 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6267 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6268 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6269 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6270 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6271 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6272 6273 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6274 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6275 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6276 }; 6277 6278 /** 6279 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6280 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6281 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6282 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6283 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6284 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6285 * to the host. 6286 * 6287 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6288 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6289 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6290 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6291 */ 6292 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6293 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6294 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6295 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6296 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6297 }; 6298 6299 /** 6300 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6301 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6302 * handled by the AP is reached. 6303 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6304 */ 6305 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6306 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6307 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6308 }; 6309 6310 /** 6311 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6312 * 6313 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6314 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6315 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6316 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6317 */ 6318 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6319 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6320 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6321 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6322 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6323 }; 6324 6325 /** 6326 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6327 * 6328 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6329 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6330 * requests. 6331 * 6332 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6333 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6334 * one of them can be used in the request. 6335 * 6336 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6337 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6338 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6339 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6340 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6341 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6342 * when really needed 6343 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6344 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6345 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6347 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6348 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6349 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6350 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6351 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6352 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6353 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6354 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6355 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6356 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6357 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6358 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6359 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6360 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6361 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6362 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6363 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6364 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6365 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6366 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6367 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6368 * impacted with this flag. 6369 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6370 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6371 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6372 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6373 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6374 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6375 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6376 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6377 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6378 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6379 * possible. 6380 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6381 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6382 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6383 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6384 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6385 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6386 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6387 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6388 */ 6389 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6390 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6391 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6392 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6393 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6394 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6395 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6396 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6397 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6398 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6399 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6400 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6401 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6402 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6403 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6404 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6405 }; 6406 6407 /** 6408 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6409 * 6410 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6411 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6412 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6413 * 6414 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6415 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6416 * in ACL to authenticate. 6417 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6418 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6419 */ 6420 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6421 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6422 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6423 }; 6424 6425 /** 6426 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6427 * 6428 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6429 * 6430 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6431 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6432 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6433 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6434 */ 6435 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6436 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6437 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6438 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6439 6440 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6441 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6442 }; 6443 6444 /** 6445 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6446 * 6447 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6448 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6449 * 6450 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6451 * now unusable. 6452 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6453 * the channel is now available. 6454 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6455 * change to the channel status. 6456 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6457 * over, channel becomes usable. 6458 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6459 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6460 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6461 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6462 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6463 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6464 */ 6465 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6466 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6467 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6468 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6469 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6470 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6471 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6472 }; 6473 6474 /** 6475 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6476 * 6477 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6478 * 6479 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6480 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6481 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6482 * is therefore marked as not available. 6483 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6484 */ 6485 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6486 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6487 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6488 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6489 }; 6490 6491 /** 6492 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6493 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6494 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6495 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6496 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6497 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6498 */ 6499 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6500 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6501 }; 6502 6503 /** 6504 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6505 * 6506 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6507 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6508 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6509 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6510 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6511 */ 6512 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6513 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6514 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6515 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6516 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6517 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6518 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6519 }; 6520 6521 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6522 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6523 6524 /** 6525 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6526 * 6527 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6528 * 6529 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6530 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6531 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6532 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6533 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6534 */ 6535 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6536 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6537 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6538 }; 6539 6540 /* 6541 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6542 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6543 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6544 */ 6545 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6546 6547 /** 6548 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6549 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6550 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6551 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6552 * added to this file when needed. 6553 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6554 */ 6555 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6556 __u32 vendor_id; 6557 __u32 subcmd; 6558 }; 6559 6560 /** 6561 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6562 * 6563 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6564 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6565 * 6566 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6567 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6568 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6569 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6570 */ 6571 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6572 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6573 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6574 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6575 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6576 }; 6577 6578 /** 6579 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6580 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6581 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6582 * seconds (u32). 6583 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6584 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6585 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6586 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6587 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6588 * currently defined 6589 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6590 */ 6591 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6592 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6593 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6594 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6595 6596 /* keep last */ 6597 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6598 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6599 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6600 }; 6601 6602 /** 6603 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6604 * 6605 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6606 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6607 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6608 */ 6609 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6610 __u8 band; 6611 __s8 delta; 6612 } __attribute__((packed)); 6613 6614 /** 6615 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6616 * 6617 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6618 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6619 * is requested. 6620 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6621 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6622 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6623 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6624 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6625 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6626 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6627 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6628 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6629 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6630 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6631 * 6632 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6633 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6634 * which the driver shall use. 6635 */ 6636 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6637 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6638 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6639 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6640 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6641 6642 /* keep last */ 6643 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6644 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6645 }; 6646 6647 /** 6648 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6649 * 6650 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6651 * 6652 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6653 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6654 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6655 */ 6656 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6657 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6658 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6659 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6660 6661 /* keep last */ 6662 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6663 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6664 }; 6665 6666 /** 6667 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6668 * 6669 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6670 * 6671 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6672 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6673 */ 6674 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6675 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6676 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6677 }; 6678 6679 /** 6680 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6681 * 6682 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6683 * 6684 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6685 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6686 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6687 */ 6688 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6689 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6690 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6691 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6692 }; 6693 6694 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6695 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6696 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6697 6698 /** 6699 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6700 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6701 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6702 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6703 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6704 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6705 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6706 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6707 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6708 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6709 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6710 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6711 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6712 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6713 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6714 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6715 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6716 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6717 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6718 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6719 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6720 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6721 * This is a flag. 6722 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6723 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6724 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6725 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6726 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6727 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6728 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6729 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6730 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6731 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6732 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6733 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6734 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6735 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6736 * 6737 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6738 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6739 */ 6740 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6741 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6742 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6743 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6744 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6745 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6746 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6747 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6748 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6749 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6750 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6751 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6752 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6753 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6754 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6755 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6756 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6757 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6758 6759 /* keep last */ 6760 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6761 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6762 }; 6763 6764 /** 6765 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6766 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6767 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6768 * This is a flag. 6769 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6770 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6771 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6772 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6773 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6774 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6775 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6776 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6777 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6778 */ 6779 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6780 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6781 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6782 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6783 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6784 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6785 6786 /* keep last */ 6787 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6788 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6789 }; 6790 6791 /** 6792 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6793 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6794 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6795 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6796 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6797 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6798 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6799 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6800 * 6801 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6802 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6803 */ 6804 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6805 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6806 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6807 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6808 6809 /* keep last */ 6810 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6811 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6812 }; 6813 6814 /** 6815 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6816 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6817 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6818 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6819 */ 6820 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6821 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6822 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6823 }; 6824 6825 /** 6826 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6827 * responder attributes 6828 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6829 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6830 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6831 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6832 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6833 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6834 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6835 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6836 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6837 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6838 */ 6839 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6840 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6841 6842 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6843 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6844 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6845 6846 /* keep last */ 6847 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6848 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6849 }; 6850 6851 /* 6852 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6853 * 6854 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6855 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6856 * 6857 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6858 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6859 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6860 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6861 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6862 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6863 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6864 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6865 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6866 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6867 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6868 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6869 * phase with the responder (u32) 6870 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6871 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6872 * FTM slot (u32) 6873 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6874 * scheduled window (u32) 6875 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6876 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6877 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6878 */ 6879 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6880 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6881 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6882 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6883 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6884 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6885 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6886 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6887 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6888 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6889 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6890 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6891 6892 /* keep last */ 6893 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6894 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6895 }; 6896 6897 /** 6898 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6899 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6900 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6901 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6902 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6903 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6904 */ 6905 enum nl80211_preamble { 6906 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6907 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6908 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6909 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6910 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6911 }; 6912 6913 /** 6914 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6915 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6916 * these numbers also for attributes 6917 * 6918 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6919 * 6920 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6921 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6922 */ 6923 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6924 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6925 6926 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6927 6928 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6929 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6930 }; 6931 6932 /** 6933 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6934 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6936 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6938 * reason may be available in the response data 6939 */ 6940 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6941 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6942 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6943 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6944 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6945 }; 6946 6947 /** 6948 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6949 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6950 * 6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6952 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6953 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6954 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6955 * (flag attribute) 6956 * 6957 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6958 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6959 */ 6960 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6961 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6962 6963 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6964 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6965 6966 /* keep last */ 6967 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6968 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6969 }; 6970 6971 /** 6972 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6973 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6974 * 6975 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6976 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6977 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6978 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6979 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6980 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6981 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6982 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6983 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6984 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6985 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6986 * (u64, usec) 6987 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6988 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6989 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6990 * result. 6991 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6992 * 6993 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6994 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6995 */ 6996 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6997 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6998 6999 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 7000 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 7001 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 7002 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 7003 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 7004 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7005 7006 /* keep last */ 7007 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 7008 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 7009 }; 7010 7011 /** 7012 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 7013 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7014 * 7015 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 7016 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 7017 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 7018 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7019 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7020 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 7021 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 7022 * measurement type, with attributes from the 7023 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 7024 * 7025 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 7026 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7027 */ 7028 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 7029 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 7030 7031 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 7032 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 7033 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 7034 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 7035 7036 /* keep last */ 7037 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 7038 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 7039 }; 7040 7041 /** 7042 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 7043 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7044 * 7045 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 7046 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 7047 * measurements can be done with in a single request 7048 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 7049 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 7050 * measurement results 7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 7052 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 7053 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 7054 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 7055 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 7056 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 7057 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 7058 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 7059 * sub-attributes taken from 7060 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 7061 * 7062 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 7063 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7064 */ 7065 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 7066 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 7067 7068 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 7069 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 7070 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 7071 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 7072 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 7073 7074 /* keep last */ 7075 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 7076 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 7077 }; 7078 7079 /** 7080 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 7081 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7082 * 7083 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 7084 * is supported 7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 7086 * mode is supported 7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 7088 * data can be requested during the measurement 7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 7090 * location data can be requested during the measurement 7091 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 7092 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 7093 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 7094 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 7095 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 7096 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 7097 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 7098 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 7099 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 7100 * is valid) 7101 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 7102 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 7103 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 7104 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7105 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 7106 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 7107 * 7108 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 7109 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7110 */ 7111 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 7112 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 7113 7114 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 7115 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 7116 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 7117 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 7118 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 7119 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 7120 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 7121 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7122 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7123 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7124 7125 /* keep last */ 7126 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7127 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7128 }; 7129 7130 /** 7131 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7132 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7133 * 7134 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7135 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7136 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7137 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7138 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7139 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7140 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7141 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7142 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7143 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7144 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7145 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7146 * requested per burst 7147 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7148 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7149 * (u8, default 3) 7150 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7151 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7152 * (flag) 7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7154 * measurement (flag). 7155 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7156 * mutually exclusive. 7157 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7158 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7159 * ranging will be used. 7160 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 7161 * ranging measurement (flag) 7162 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7163 * mutually exclusive. 7164 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7165 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7166 * ranging will be used. 7167 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7168 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7169 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7170 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7171 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7172 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7173 * 7174 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7175 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7176 */ 7177 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7178 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7179 7180 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7181 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7182 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7183 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7184 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7185 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7186 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7187 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7188 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7189 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7190 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7191 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7192 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7193 7194 /* keep last */ 7195 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7196 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7197 }; 7198 7199 /** 7200 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7201 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7202 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7203 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7204 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7205 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7206 * try and get no response) 7207 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7208 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7209 * received 7210 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7211 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7212 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7213 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7214 */ 7215 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7216 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7217 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7218 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7219 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7220 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7221 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7222 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7223 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7224 }; 7225 7226 /** 7227 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7228 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7229 * 7230 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7231 * (u32, optional) 7232 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7233 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7234 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7235 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7236 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7237 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7238 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 7239 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7240 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7241 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7242 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7243 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7244 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7245 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7246 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7247 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7248 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7249 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7250 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7251 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7252 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7253 * attributes) 7254 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7255 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7256 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7257 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7258 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7259 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7260 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7261 * optional) 7262 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7263 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7264 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7265 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7266 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7267 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7268 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7269 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7270 * Type 8. 7271 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7272 * (binary, optional); 7273 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7274 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7275 * Type 11. 7276 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7277 * 7278 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7279 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7280 */ 7281 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7282 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7283 7284 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7285 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7286 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7287 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7288 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7289 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7292 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7293 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7294 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7295 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7296 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7297 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7298 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7299 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7300 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7301 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7302 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7303 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7304 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7305 7306 /* keep last */ 7307 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7308 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7309 }; 7310 7311 /** 7312 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7313 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7314 * 7315 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7316 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7317 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7318 * tx power offset. 7319 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7320 * values used by members of the SRG. 7321 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7322 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7323 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7324 * 7325 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7326 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7327 */ 7328 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7329 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7330 7331 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7332 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7333 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7334 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7335 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7336 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7337 7338 /* keep last */ 7339 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7340 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7341 }; 7342 7343 /** 7344 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7345 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7346 * 7347 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7348 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7349 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7350 * 7351 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7352 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7353 */ 7354 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7355 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7356 7357 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7358 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7359 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7360 7361 /* keep last */ 7362 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7363 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7364 }; 7365 7366 /** 7367 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7368 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7369 * 7370 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7371 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7372 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7373 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7374 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7375 * 7376 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7377 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7378 */ 7379 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7380 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7381 7382 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7383 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7384 7385 /* keep last */ 7386 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7387 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7388 }; 7389 7390 /** 7391 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7392 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7393 * 7394 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7395 * 7396 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7397 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7398 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7399 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7400 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7401 * frame including the headers. 7402 * 7403 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7404 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7405 */ 7406 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7407 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7408 7409 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7410 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7411 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7412 7413 /* keep last */ 7414 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7415 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7416 }; 7417 7418 /* 7419 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7420 * mandatory fields. 7421 */ 7422 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7423 7424 /** 7425 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7426 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7427 * 7428 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7429 * 7430 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7431 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7432 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7433 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7434 * frame template (binary). 7435 * 7436 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7437 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7438 */ 7439 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7440 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7441 7442 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7443 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7444 7445 /* keep last */ 7446 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7447 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7448 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7449 }; 7450 7451 /** 7452 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7453 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7454 * used. 7455 * 7456 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7457 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7458 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7459 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7460 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7461 * can be used. 7462 */ 7463 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7464 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7465 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7466 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7467 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7468 }; 7469 7470 /** 7471 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7472 * 7473 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7474 * 7475 */ 7476 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7477 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7478 7479 /* add new type here */ 7480 7481 /* Keep last */ 7482 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7483 }; 7484 7485 /** 7486 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7487 * 7488 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7489 * 7490 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7491 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7492 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7493 * 7494 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7495 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7496 * 7497 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7498 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7499 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7500 * 7501 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7502 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7503 * 7504 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7505 */ 7506 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7507 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7508 7509 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7510 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7511 7512 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7513 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7514 }; 7515 7516 /** 7517 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7518 * 7519 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7520 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7521 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7522 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7523 * 7524 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7525 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7526 * is applied to this range. 7527 * 7528 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7529 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7530 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7531 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7532 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7533 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7534 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7535 * 7536 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7537 * 7538 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7539 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7540 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7541 * 7542 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7543 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7544 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7545 * 7546 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7547 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7548 */ 7549 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7550 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7551 7552 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7553 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7554 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7555 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7556 7557 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7558 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7559 }; 7560 7561 /** 7562 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7563 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7564 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7565 * MBSSID and EMA. 7566 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7567 * features. 7568 * 7569 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7570 * 7571 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7572 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7573 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7574 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7575 * 7576 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7577 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7578 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7579 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7580 * a non-zero value. 7581 * 7582 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7583 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7584 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7585 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7586 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7587 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7588 * 7589 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7590 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7591 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7592 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7593 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7594 * the interface index of the same. 7595 * 7596 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7597 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7598 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7599 * 7600 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7601 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7602 */ 7603 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7604 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7605 7606 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7607 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7608 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7609 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7610 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7611 7612 /* keep last */ 7613 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7614 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7615 }; 7616 7617 /** 7618 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7619 * 7620 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7621 * authentication. 7622 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7623 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7624 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7625 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7626 * userspace. 7627 */ 7628 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7629 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7630 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7631 }; 7632 7633 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7634